1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
36 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
38 #include <sys/types.h>
41 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
48 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
49 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
52 #include "character.h"
55 #include "dispextern.h"
57 #include "termhooks.h"
60 #include "emacs-icon.h"
65 #include "intervals.h"
70 #include "xsettings.h"
72 #include "sysselect.h"
75 #include <X11/Shell.h>
83 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
87 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
88 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
92 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
94 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
95 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
97 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
99 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
100 #if defined USE_MOTIF
101 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
102 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
103 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
106 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
107 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
109 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
110 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
112 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
114 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
115 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
116 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
117 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
123 #ifndef XtNinitialState
124 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
128 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
131 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
134 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
138 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
141 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
144 static bool any_help_event_p
;
146 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
149 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
153 /* The application context for Xt use. */
154 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
155 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
157 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
158 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
160 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
162 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
163 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
164 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
166 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
168 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
170 static int x_noop_count
;
172 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
174 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
175 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
178 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
179 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
181 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
182 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
185 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
186 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
190 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
195 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
196 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
197 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
198 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
200 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
201 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
202 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
204 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
205 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
206 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
207 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
208 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
211 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
212 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
213 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
214 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
215 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
216 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
217 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
218 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
219 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
220 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
221 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
222 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
223 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
224 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
225 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
226 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
227 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
228 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
229 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
230 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
231 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
232 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
234 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
235 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
236 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
237 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
238 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
239 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
240 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
241 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
242 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
244 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
245 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
246 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
247 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
248 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
249 const XEvent
*, int *,
250 struct input_event
*);
251 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
252 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
254 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
255 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
256 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
257 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
258 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
259 static void x_initialize (void);
262 /* Flush display of frame F. */
265 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
267 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
268 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
269 connection may be broken. */
270 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
274 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
279 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
280 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
281 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
282 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
283 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
286 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
289 /***********************************************************************
291 ***********************************************************************/
295 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
296 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
304 struct record event_record
[100];
306 int event_record_index
;
309 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
311 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
312 event_record_index
= 0;
314 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
315 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
316 event_record_index
++;
323 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
325 struct x_display_info
*
326 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
330 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
331 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
338 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
340 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
341 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
342 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
344 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
348 unsigned int nchildren
;
351 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
358 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
361 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
363 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
364 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
365 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
367 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
371 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
376 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
377 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
378 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
379 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
383 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
385 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
388 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
390 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
392 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
393 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
394 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
395 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
397 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
399 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
400 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
401 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
403 /* return unless necessary */
408 unsigned long n
, left
;
410 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
411 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
412 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
415 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
417 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
427 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
428 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
429 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
434 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
436 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
440 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
442 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
446 /***********************************************************************
447 Starting and ending an update
448 ***********************************************************************/
450 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
451 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
452 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
453 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
454 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
457 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
463 /* Start update of window W. */
466 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
468 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
469 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
471 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
475 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
477 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
478 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
480 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
482 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
483 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
490 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
493 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
495 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
498 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
500 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
503 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
504 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
507 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
510 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
512 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
513 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
514 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
515 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
516 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
517 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
518 ? face_first
->foreground
519 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
520 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
521 ? face_last
->foreground
522 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
523 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
524 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
526 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
529 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
530 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
532 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
533 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
534 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
535 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
536 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
537 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
539 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
542 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
543 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
546 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
547 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
548 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
549 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
550 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
554 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
555 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
556 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
560 /* End update of window W.
562 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
563 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
565 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
566 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
567 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
569 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
570 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
574 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
575 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
577 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
582 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
583 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
584 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
586 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
588 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
589 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
591 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
597 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
598 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
599 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
600 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
604 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
608 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
610 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
611 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
615 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
621 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
622 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
625 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
628 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
632 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
635 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
637 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
639 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
641 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
642 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
643 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
644 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
645 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
646 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
649 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
650 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
651 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
652 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
658 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
659 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
660 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
661 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
662 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
665 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
669 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
670 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
673 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
674 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
675 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
676 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
677 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
678 overhead is very small. */
683 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
684 && desired_row
->full_width_p
685 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
686 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
688 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
691 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
694 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
695 0, y
, width
, height
);
696 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
697 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
706 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
708 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
709 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
710 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
711 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
712 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
714 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
783 /***********************************************************************
785 ***********************************************************************/
789 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
790 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
791 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
792 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
793 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
794 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
795 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
796 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
797 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
798 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
799 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
800 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
801 unsigned long *, double, int);
802 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
803 double, int, unsigned long);
804 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
807 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
808 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
809 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
811 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
812 int, int, int, int, int, int,
814 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
815 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
816 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
819 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
823 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
827 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
829 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
830 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
831 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
833 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
836 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
840 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
841 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
843 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
844 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
845 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
846 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
847 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
848 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
849 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
851 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
852 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
853 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
855 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
856 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
859 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
860 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
861 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
863 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
864 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
867 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
868 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
870 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
875 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
878 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
883 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
884 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
885 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
887 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
889 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
890 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
892 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
893 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
894 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
896 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
900 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
905 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
906 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
907 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
908 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
910 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
911 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
914 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
915 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
917 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
920 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
924 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
925 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
926 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
929 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
935 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
936 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
940 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
942 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
944 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
947 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
949 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
951 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
952 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
954 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
959 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
961 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
962 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
964 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
965 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
968 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
973 /* GC must have been set. */
974 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
978 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
979 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
982 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
984 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
985 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
988 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
993 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
994 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
998 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1003 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1005 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1008 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1013 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1016 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1020 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1022 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1024 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1026 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1027 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1030 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1031 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1032 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1036 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1038 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1040 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1041 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1042 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1046 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1047 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1052 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1055 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1058 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1059 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1060 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1061 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1065 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1066 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1067 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1068 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1069 contains the first component of a composition. */
1072 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1074 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1075 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1076 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1078 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1082 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1083 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1084 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1085 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1086 s
->background_width
,
1087 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1088 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1089 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1091 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1092 || s
->font_not_found_p
1093 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1096 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1097 s
->background_width
,
1098 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1099 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1105 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1108 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1112 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1113 of S to the right of that box line. */
1114 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1115 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1116 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1120 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1122 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1124 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1126 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1127 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1128 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1130 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1135 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1136 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1139 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1140 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1142 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1144 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1145 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1147 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1148 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1149 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1153 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1156 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1159 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1161 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1162 of S to the right of that box line. */
1163 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1164 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1165 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1169 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1170 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1171 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1172 this composition. */
1174 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1175 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1176 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1178 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1179 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1180 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1182 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1186 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1187 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1188 space on the left or right. */
1189 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1191 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1192 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1194 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1195 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1196 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1201 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1206 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1208 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1209 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1210 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1213 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1217 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1218 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1219 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1222 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1223 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1224 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1225 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1226 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1227 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1235 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1236 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1237 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1243 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1246 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1248 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1253 of S to the right of that box line. */
1254 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1256 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1262 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1264 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1265 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1267 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1270 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1271 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1275 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1276 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1277 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1278 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1279 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1280 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1283 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1285 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1286 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1287 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1293 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1296 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1297 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1299 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1300 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1302 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1303 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1304 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1306 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1307 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1308 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1311 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1312 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1313 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1314 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1315 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1316 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1320 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1324 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1325 cannot be determined. */
1327 static struct frame
*
1328 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1330 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1331 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1334 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1336 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1337 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1338 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1339 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1340 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1341 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1343 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1344 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1345 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1349 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1350 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1351 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1357 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1358 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1359 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1360 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1361 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1362 Value is true if successful. */
1365 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1366 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1368 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1369 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1372 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1375 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1376 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1378 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1380 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1382 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1387 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1388 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1390 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1393 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1395 DPY is the display we are working on.
1397 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1398 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1399 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1400 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1402 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1403 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1405 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1406 we allocated the color or not.
1408 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1411 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1412 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1413 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1423 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1424 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1426 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1430 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1431 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1432 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1434 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1436 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1437 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1439 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1441 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1442 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1444 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1445 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1447 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1448 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1453 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1455 params
[0] = color_name
;
1456 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1457 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1458 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1463 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1465 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1467 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1471 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1475 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1476 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1479 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1484 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1485 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1486 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1488 APP is the application context in which we work.
1490 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1491 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1492 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1494 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1497 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1502 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1504 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1507 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1509 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1510 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1511 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1512 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1513 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1518 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1521 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1522 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1523 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1524 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1526 static const XColor
*
1527 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1529 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1531 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1533 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1534 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1537 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1538 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1539 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1541 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1542 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1544 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1545 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1548 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1549 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1553 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1554 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1557 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1559 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1561 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1564 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1566 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1567 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1568 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1569 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1573 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1577 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1578 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1581 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1583 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1587 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1588 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1589 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1593 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1597 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1600 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1601 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1602 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1603 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1605 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1606 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1607 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1609 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1611 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1613 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1614 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1615 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1616 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1618 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1621 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1625 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1626 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1627 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1628 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1632 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1633 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1634 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1635 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1636 XColor
*cached_color
;
1638 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1639 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1640 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1641 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1642 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1644 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1645 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1646 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1650 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1652 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1653 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1659 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1660 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1661 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1665 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1667 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1668 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1672 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1673 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1674 get color reference counts right. */
1677 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1681 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1683 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1684 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1686 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1687 register_color (pixel
);
1693 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1696 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1697 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1698 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1699 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1700 use an additional additive factor.
1702 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1703 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1704 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1707 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1708 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1709 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1710 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1711 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1712 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1715 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1716 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1722 /* Get RGB color values. */
1723 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1724 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1726 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1727 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1728 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1729 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1730 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1732 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1733 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1735 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1736 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1737 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1738 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1739 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1741 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1742 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1743 /* The additive adjustment. */
1744 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1748 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1749 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1750 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1754 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1755 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1756 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1760 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1761 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1764 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1766 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1767 delta to the RGB values. */
1768 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1770 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1771 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1772 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1773 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1784 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1785 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1786 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1787 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1788 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1789 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1792 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1793 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1796 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1797 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1798 unsigned long pixel
;
1799 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1800 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1802 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1804 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1805 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1807 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1808 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1809 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1810 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1812 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1816 /* Allocate new color. */
1817 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1819 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1820 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1821 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1823 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1825 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1827 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1830 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1834 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1837 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1839 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1840 unsigned long color
;
1842 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1843 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1844 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1846 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1847 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1852 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1853 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1854 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1857 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1858 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1860 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1861 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1862 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1863 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1864 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1869 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1870 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1871 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1872 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1873 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1874 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1878 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1879 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1880 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1881 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1883 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1884 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1889 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1891 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1892 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1894 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1895 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1896 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1903 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1904 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1905 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1907 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1908 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1909 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1910 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1917 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1919 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1920 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1922 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1923 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1924 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1925 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1928 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1930 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1932 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1933 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1937 /* Outermost top line. */
1939 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1940 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1941 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1943 /* Outermost left line. */
1945 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1951 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1952 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1953 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1954 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1955 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1956 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1957 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1963 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1964 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1965 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1966 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1967 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1968 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1971 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1975 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1976 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1977 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1978 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1979 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1980 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1983 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1984 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1985 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1989 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
1990 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
1991 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1994 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1995 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
1999 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2000 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2003 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2004 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2008 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2009 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2011 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2012 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2016 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2019 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2021 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2022 int left_p
, right_p
;
2023 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2024 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2026 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2027 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2028 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2030 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2031 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2033 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2035 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2036 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2038 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2040 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2042 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2044 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2045 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2047 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2048 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2049 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2051 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2053 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2055 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2056 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2057 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2060 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2061 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2062 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2067 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2070 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2073 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2075 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2076 right of that line. */
2077 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2078 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2080 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2082 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2084 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2085 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2086 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2087 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2093 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2094 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2095 trust on the shape extension to be available
2096 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2098 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2101 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2103 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2104 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2105 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2106 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2107 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2109 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2112 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2113 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2114 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2115 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2116 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2117 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2121 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2123 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2126 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2127 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2128 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2129 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2130 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2131 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2133 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2134 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2135 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2136 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2137 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2138 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2139 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2141 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2142 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2143 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2144 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2145 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2150 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2151 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2152 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2156 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2159 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2161 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2162 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2165 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2167 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2168 right of that line. */
2169 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2170 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2172 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2174 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2176 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2177 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2178 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2179 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2181 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2182 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2184 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2185 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2189 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2190 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2193 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2194 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2196 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2197 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2199 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2200 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2201 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2203 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2204 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2206 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2207 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2210 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2212 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2213 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= 1;
2214 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2215 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= 1;
2216 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2217 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= 1;
2218 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2219 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= 1;
2221 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2222 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2223 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2224 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2228 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2231 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2234 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2236 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2237 right of that line. */
2238 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2239 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2241 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2243 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2245 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2246 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2247 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2248 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2254 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2255 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2256 trust on the shape extension to be available
2257 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2259 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2263 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2264 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2265 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2266 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2267 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2269 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2270 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2271 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2272 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2276 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2277 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2278 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2280 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2281 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2282 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2283 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2284 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2285 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2286 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2288 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2289 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2290 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2291 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2296 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2297 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2298 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2302 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2303 give the rectangle to draw. */
2306 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2310 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2311 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2312 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2313 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2316 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2320 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2323 s->x +-------------------------
2326 | +-------------------------
2329 | | +-------------------
2335 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2337 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2338 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2340 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2343 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2344 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2345 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2346 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2348 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2349 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2351 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2352 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2356 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2357 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2361 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2362 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2363 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2364 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2365 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2367 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2368 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2369 s
->background_width
,
2372 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2374 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2376 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2379 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2380 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2381 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2382 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2383 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2384 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2385 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2390 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2392 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2393 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2394 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2395 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2402 int width
= s
->background_width
;
2404 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2407 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2408 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
2411 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2412 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2414 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2417 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2420 /* Draw the foreground. */
2423 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2424 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2425 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2426 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2427 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2430 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2432 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2434 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2435 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2436 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2440 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2443 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2445 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2447 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2448 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2450 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2451 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2452 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2455 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2457 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2461 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2467 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2469 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2471 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2472 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2473 x
+= background_width
;
2475 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2476 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2480 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2482 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2483 if (width
< background_width
)
2486 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2490 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2494 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2495 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2497 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2503 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2504 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2506 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2508 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2509 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2510 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2511 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2516 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2517 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2518 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2519 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2522 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2525 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2527 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2528 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2530 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2531 except for header line and mode line. */
2532 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2534 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2537 if (background_width
> 0)
2538 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2541 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2545 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2551 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2556 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2558 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2559 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2560 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2563 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2565 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2569 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2573 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2574 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2575 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2577 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2580 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2582 /* Draw the waves */
2584 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2594 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2599 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2601 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2605 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2606 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2610 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2613 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2615 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2617 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2618 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2619 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2620 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2623 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2625 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2626 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2627 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2628 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2630 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2631 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2632 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2633 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2635 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2636 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2640 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2641 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2643 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2644 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2645 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2646 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2647 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2648 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2651 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2653 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2654 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2657 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2659 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2660 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2661 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2662 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2663 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2664 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2666 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2668 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2671 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2675 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2679 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2680 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2682 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2683 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2686 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2687 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2688 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2689 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2691 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2692 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2695 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2696 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2697 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2700 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2707 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2709 /* Draw underline. */
2710 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2712 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2714 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2715 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2719 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2720 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2721 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2725 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2727 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2730 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2731 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2733 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2734 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2735 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2739 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2740 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2741 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2744 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2745 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2748 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2749 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2750 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2751 specs, and its default is
2753 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2754 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2756 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2757 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2758 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2760 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2762 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2764 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2766 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2767 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2768 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2769 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2770 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2771 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2772 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2773 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2774 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2775 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2776 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2777 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2781 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2782 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2783 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2784 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2785 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2789 /* Draw overline. */
2790 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2792 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2794 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2795 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2800 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2801 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2802 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2804 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2808 /* Draw strike-through. */
2809 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2811 unsigned long h
= 1;
2812 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2814 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2815 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2820 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2821 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2822 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2824 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2828 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2829 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2830 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2834 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2836 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2837 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2838 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2840 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2841 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2842 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2845 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2846 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2847 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2848 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2850 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2851 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2853 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2859 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2861 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2862 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2863 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2865 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2866 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2867 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2870 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2871 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2872 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2873 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2875 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2876 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2878 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2879 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2884 /* Reset clipping. */
2885 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2889 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2892 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2894 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2895 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2896 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2900 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2904 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2910 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2911 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2914 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2916 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2917 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2921 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2924 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2926 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2928 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2932 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2934 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2935 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2936 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2938 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2939 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2940 redisplay, do it here. */
2941 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2942 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2945 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2952 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2955 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2961 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2962 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2963 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2965 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2966 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2967 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2968 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2970 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2974 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2977 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2978 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2979 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2980 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2981 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2982 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2983 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2984 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2985 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2988 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2989 pixels into background pixels. */
2993 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2994 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2995 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2997 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2998 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3002 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3003 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3004 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3005 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3006 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3007 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3008 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3009 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3011 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3012 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3014 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3016 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3017 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3018 width
, flash_height
);
3019 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3021 (height
- flash_height
3022 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3023 width
, flash_height
);
3027 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3028 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3029 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3030 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3035 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3036 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3038 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3040 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3042 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3043 struct timespec timeout
;
3045 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3046 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3049 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3050 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3052 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3053 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3057 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3058 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3060 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3062 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3063 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3064 width
, flash_height
);
3065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3067 (height
- flash_height
3068 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3069 width
, flash_height
);
3072 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3073 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3074 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3075 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3081 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3083 #undef XFillRectangle
3085 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3096 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3101 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3102 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3103 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3106 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3107 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3108 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3113 /* Make audible bell. */
3116 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3118 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3126 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3128 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3130 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3136 /***********************************************************************
3138 ***********************************************************************/
3140 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3141 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3144 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3150 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3153 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3155 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3156 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3158 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3159 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3161 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3163 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3164 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3165 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3169 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3170 line at the bottom. */
3171 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3172 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3174 height
= run
->height
;
3178 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3180 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3181 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3183 height
= run
->height
;
3188 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3191 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3192 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3193 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3203 /***********************************************************************
3205 ***********************************************************************/
3209 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3211 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3212 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3213 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3214 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3216 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3217 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3218 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3219 because of this (bug#9310). */
3220 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3221 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3222 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3223 x_uncatch_errors ();
3225 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3226 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3230 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3232 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3233 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3234 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3235 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3237 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3238 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3239 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3240 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3241 x_uncatch_errors ();
3243 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3244 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3247 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3248 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3249 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3250 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3251 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3254 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3256 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3258 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3260 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3261 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3262 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3264 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3265 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3267 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3268 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3270 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3273 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3276 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3277 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3278 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3281 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3283 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3285 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3287 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3288 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3290 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3291 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3292 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3293 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3294 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3295 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3296 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3297 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3299 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3300 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3303 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3306 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3307 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3310 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3312 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3314 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3316 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3317 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3319 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3320 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3324 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3325 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3327 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3328 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3332 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3333 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3335 static struct frame
*
3336 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3338 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3344 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3347 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3349 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3351 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3352 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3353 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3354 /* A tooltip frame? */
3355 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3356 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3357 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3359 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3361 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3363 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3364 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3365 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3368 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3369 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3370 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3372 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3377 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3379 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3382 static struct frame
*
3383 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3385 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3386 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3392 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3397 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3399 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3400 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3401 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3406 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3408 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3411 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3412 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3413 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3415 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3416 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3420 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3421 /* A tooltip frame. */
3429 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3431 static struct frame
*
3432 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3433 const XEvent
*event
)
3435 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3436 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3443 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3446 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3448 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3450 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3453 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3454 if (x
->menubar_widget
3455 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3462 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3463 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3466 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3468 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3475 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3478 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3480 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3484 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3486 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3487 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3490 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3494 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3495 /* Tooltip frame. */
3501 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3503 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3504 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3506 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3508 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3509 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3511 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3514 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3515 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3520 switch (event
->type
)
3525 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3527 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3529 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3530 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3531 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3532 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3534 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3540 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3541 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3542 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3543 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3547 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3549 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3550 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3551 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3558 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3559 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3562 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3564 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3568 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3569 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3570 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3572 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3573 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3574 the appropriate X display info. */
3577 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3579 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3583 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3585 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3587 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3589 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3590 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3591 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3592 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3593 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3595 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3596 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3600 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3602 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3605 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3606 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3607 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3613 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3615 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3617 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3619 int min_code
, max_code
;
3622 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3624 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3625 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3626 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3627 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3628 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3630 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3632 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3633 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3635 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3637 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3638 Alt keysyms are on. */
3640 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3641 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3643 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3645 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3646 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3648 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3650 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3654 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3658 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3660 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3666 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3667 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3672 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3673 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3678 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3679 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3680 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3681 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3686 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3687 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3688 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3689 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3693 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3694 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3695 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3696 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3697 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3706 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3707 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3709 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3710 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3713 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3714 make them just meta, not alt. */
3715 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3717 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3721 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3724 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3728 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3730 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3731 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3732 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3733 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3736 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3737 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3738 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3739 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3740 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3741 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3742 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3743 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3745 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3746 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3747 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3748 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3749 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3750 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3754 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3756 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3757 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3758 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3759 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3763 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3764 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3765 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3766 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3767 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3768 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3769 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3770 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3773 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3774 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3775 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3776 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3777 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3778 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3781 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3784 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3789 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3795 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3797 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3798 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3799 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3800 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3802 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3804 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3805 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3806 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3807 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3808 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3809 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3810 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3811 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3812 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3815 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3817 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3821 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3822 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3825 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3827 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3828 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3829 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3830 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3832 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3836 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3837 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3838 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3843 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3844 The input handler calls this.
3846 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3847 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3848 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3849 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3852 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3855 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3857 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3860 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3861 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3862 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3863 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3864 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3866 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3868 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3869 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3870 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3871 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3876 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3877 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3878 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3879 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3880 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3882 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3883 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3884 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3885 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3886 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3887 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3894 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3895 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3897 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3898 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3899 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3900 position on the scroll bar.
3902 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3903 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3906 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3907 was at this position.
3909 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3911 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3915 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3916 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3924 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3925 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3931 Window dummy_window
;
3934 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3936 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3937 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3938 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3939 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3940 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3942 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3944 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3945 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3946 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3948 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3951 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3952 a different screen. */
3955 /* The position on that root window. */
3958 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3961 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3963 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3965 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3966 containing the pointer. */
3970 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3974 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3975 structure is changing at the same time this function
3976 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3978 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3980 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3982 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3983 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3984 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3990 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3992 /* From-position, to-position. */
3993 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3997 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4003 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4005 /* From-window, to-window. */
4008 /* From-position, to-position. */
4009 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4014 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4017 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4018 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4019 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4020 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4021 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4029 /* Now we know that:
4030 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4031 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4032 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4033 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4034 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4035 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4036 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4037 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4038 never use them in that case.) */
4041 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4042 want the edit window. */
4043 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4045 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4046 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4049 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4050 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4053 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4054 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4056 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4059 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4062 x_uncatch_errors ();
4064 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4067 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4069 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4073 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4079 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4080 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4084 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4085 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4086 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4087 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4088 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4089 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4090 the frame are divided into. */
4092 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4093 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4094 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4095 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4100 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4101 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4102 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4112 /***********************************************************************
4114 ***********************************************************************/
4116 /* Scroll bar support. */
4118 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4120 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4123 static struct scroll_bar
*
4124 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4126 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4128 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4129 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4130 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4132 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4134 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4136 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4139 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4141 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4142 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4143 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4144 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4145 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4148 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4149 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4150 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4151 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4158 #if defined USE_LUCID
4160 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4161 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4164 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4166 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4168 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4169 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4171 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4173 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4179 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4182 /************************************************************************
4184 ************************************************************************/
4186 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4188 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4190 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4191 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4193 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4195 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4196 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4199 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4201 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4203 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4205 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4206 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4207 to avoid jerkiness. */
4209 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4211 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4212 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4213 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4214 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4217 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4218 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4221 const char *end_action
;
4224 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4225 end_action
= "Release";
4226 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4227 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4228 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4229 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4232 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4233 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4236 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4238 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4239 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4240 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4241 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4243 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4246 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4247 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4249 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4250 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4251 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4253 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4254 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4257 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4259 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4260 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4261 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4262 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4265 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4268 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4269 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4270 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4271 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4272 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4273 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4274 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4278 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4279 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4280 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4281 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4282 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4285 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4286 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4287 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4288 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4289 will resolve such issues someday. */
4290 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4291 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4292 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4293 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4294 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4296 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4297 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4298 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4299 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4302 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4303 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4304 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4305 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4310 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4314 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4315 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4317 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4321 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4322 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4323 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4324 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4325 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4327 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4329 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4330 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4333 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4336 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4339 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4340 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4341 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4342 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4348 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4350 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4353 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4354 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4355 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4358 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4360 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4361 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4362 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4366 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4368 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4371 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4373 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4376 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4378 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4381 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4383 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4388 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4391 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4393 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4400 /* Get the slider size. */
4402 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4405 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4406 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4407 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4408 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4412 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4418 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4419 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4423 #elif defined USE_GTK
4425 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4426 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4429 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4430 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4434 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4436 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4437 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4438 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4440 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4441 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4446 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4447 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4448 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4449 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4451 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4452 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4453 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4454 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4455 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4458 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4459 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4462 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4463 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4466 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4467 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4470 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4471 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4478 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4479 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4485 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4488 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4489 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4492 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4494 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4496 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4497 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4498 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4505 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4507 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4508 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4509 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4513 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4515 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4516 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4517 float top
= *top_addr
;
4519 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4520 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4522 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4524 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4528 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4530 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4531 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4532 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4533 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4534 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4536 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4538 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4540 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4541 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4542 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4543 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4547 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4548 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4549 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4550 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4551 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4552 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4553 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4556 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4558 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4559 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4560 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4562 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4564 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4566 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4569 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4570 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4572 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4573 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4574 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4575 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4577 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4579 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4581 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4582 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4585 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4587 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4589 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4590 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4594 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4596 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4599 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4600 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4605 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4608 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4614 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4615 unsigned long pixel
;
4620 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4627 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4636 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4639 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4643 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4644 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4646 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4647 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4649 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4651 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4653 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4655 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4657 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4659 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4662 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4663 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4665 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4666 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4667 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4668 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4670 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4672 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4673 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4674 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4675 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4678 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4679 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4681 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4684 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4688 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4691 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4695 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4697 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4698 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4700 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4703 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4704 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4705 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4707 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4710 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4715 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4716 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4717 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4719 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4723 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4724 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4725 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4726 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4727 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4728 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4729 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4732 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4733 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4737 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4738 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4739 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4741 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4743 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4746 /* Specify the colors. */
4747 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4750 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4753 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4756 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4762 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4763 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4766 char const *initial
= "";
4767 char const *val
= initial
;
4768 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4769 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4770 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4772 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4773 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4774 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4775 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4776 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4777 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4781 /* Define callbacks. */
4782 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4783 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4786 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4787 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4789 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4791 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4792 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4793 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4794 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4796 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4797 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4798 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4799 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4803 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4806 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4807 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4811 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4813 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4816 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4818 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4821 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4822 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4829 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4831 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4832 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4833 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4834 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4835 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4836 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4837 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4838 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4839 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4840 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4841 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4842 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4843 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4844 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4852 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4853 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4856 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4860 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4861 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4863 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4865 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4866 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4867 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4869 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4871 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4877 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4878 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4882 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4884 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4885 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4886 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4890 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4891 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4892 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4895 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4896 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4897 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4898 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4900 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4901 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4902 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4903 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4904 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4907 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4908 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4909 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4910 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4912 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4913 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4916 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4917 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4918 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4920 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4924 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4928 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4930 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4934 /************************************************************************
4935 Scroll bars, general
4936 ************************************************************************/
4938 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4939 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4940 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4943 static struct scroll_bar
*
4944 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4946 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4947 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4948 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4953 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4954 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4955 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4957 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4961 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4962 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4963 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4965 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4966 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4968 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4970 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4972 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4973 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4974 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4975 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4976 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4977 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4979 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4980 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4981 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4982 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4989 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4991 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4993 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4997 bar
->height
= height
;
5001 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5002 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5005 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5006 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5008 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5009 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5010 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5011 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5013 /* Map the window/widget. */
5014 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5017 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5018 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5019 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5020 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5021 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5022 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5023 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5025 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5026 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5027 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5034 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5036 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5038 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5039 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5040 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5043 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5044 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5045 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5046 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5047 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5050 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5052 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5053 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5054 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5055 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5057 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5059 && start
== bar
->start
5066 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5067 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5068 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5070 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5071 the distance between start and end. */
5073 int length
= end
- start
;
5077 else if (start
> top_range
)
5079 end
= start
+ length
;
5083 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5087 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5091 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5092 if (end
> top_range
)
5095 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5096 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5097 that many pixels tall. */
5098 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5100 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5101 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5103 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5104 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5105 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5106 inside_width
, start
);
5108 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5109 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5110 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5111 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5113 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5114 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5115 /* x, y, width, height */
5116 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5117 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5118 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5120 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5121 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5122 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5123 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5125 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5126 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5127 if (end
< inside_height
)
5128 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5129 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5130 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5131 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5137 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5139 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5143 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5145 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5148 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5150 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5151 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5152 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5153 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5155 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5158 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5159 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5165 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5166 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5167 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5171 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5173 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5175 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5176 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5177 int window_y
, window_height
;
5179 /* Get window dimensions. */
5180 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5182 height
= window_height
;
5184 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5185 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5186 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5188 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5189 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5191 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5194 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5195 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5199 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5203 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5204 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5206 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5210 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5212 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5214 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5216 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5219 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5221 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5224 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5225 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5226 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5230 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5231 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5232 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5233 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5234 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5235 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5237 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5239 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5248 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5252 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5254 /* Remember new settings. */
5258 bar
->height
= height
;
5263 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5264 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5265 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5266 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5268 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5270 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5273 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5276 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5277 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5278 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5281 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5283 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5284 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5288 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5289 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5290 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5291 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5292 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5293 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5294 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5296 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5297 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5298 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5301 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5303 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5304 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5307 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5308 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5309 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5310 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5311 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5312 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5313 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5318 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5319 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5322 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5324 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5328 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5329 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5332 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5334 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5335 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5336 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5338 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5340 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5341 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5343 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5344 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5345 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5347 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5348 one or the other! */
5352 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5354 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5355 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5357 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5359 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5360 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5361 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5362 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5365 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5366 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5369 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5371 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5373 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5375 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5376 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5377 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5379 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5381 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5383 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5386 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5389 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5390 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5394 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5395 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5396 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5398 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5402 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5404 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5405 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5406 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5410 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5412 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5413 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5414 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5415 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5417 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5418 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5419 /* x, y, width, height */
5420 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5422 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5423 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5424 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5425 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5430 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5432 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5433 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5435 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5440 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5441 const XEvent
*event
,
5442 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5444 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5447 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5448 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5449 emacs_event
->modifiers
5450 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5451 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5452 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5453 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5456 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5457 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5458 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5461 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5462 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5465 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5468 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5469 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5470 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5472 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5474 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5475 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5476 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5478 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5479 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5481 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5486 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5487 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5491 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5493 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5495 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5499 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5500 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5502 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5505 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5506 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5509 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5510 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5512 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5513 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5515 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5517 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5519 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5524 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5526 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5527 on the scroll bar. */
5530 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5531 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5532 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5534 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5535 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5536 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5539 Window dummy_window
;
5541 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5545 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5547 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5549 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5550 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5551 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5553 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5556 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5559 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5561 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5563 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5564 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5568 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5572 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5574 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5575 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5576 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5577 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5578 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5579 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5581 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5583 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5584 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5587 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5588 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5595 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5596 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5597 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5601 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5603 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5606 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5607 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5608 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5609 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5610 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5611 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5612 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5613 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5615 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5618 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5620 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5621 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5623 static int temp_index
;
5624 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5626 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5627 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
5629 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5631 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5633 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5635 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5637 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5638 on a particular display. */
5640 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5642 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5643 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5644 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5645 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5647 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5656 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5657 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5658 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5660 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5662 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5666 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5668 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5669 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5670 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5673 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5674 event
->xclient
.window
);
5676 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5681 static int current_count
;
5682 static int current_finish
;
5683 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5685 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5686 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5687 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5688 static GdkFilterReturn
5689 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5691 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5694 if (current_count
>= 0)
5696 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5698 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5701 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5702 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5703 so we do it here. */
5704 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5706 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5709 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5714 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5717 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5721 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5725 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5726 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5728 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5730 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5733 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5734 enum xembed_message
,
5735 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5737 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5739 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5740 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5741 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5742 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5744 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5747 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5748 const XEvent
*event
,
5749 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5752 struct input_event ie
;
5753 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5757 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5758 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5759 struct coding_system coding
;
5760 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5761 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5762 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5763 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5764 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5765 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5769 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5771 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5772 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5775 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5777 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5778 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5780 switch (event
->type
)
5784 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5785 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5787 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5789 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5790 because this could be the shell widget window
5791 if the frame has no title bar. */
5794 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5795 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5796 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5798 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5799 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5800 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5801 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5802 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5805 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5806 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5807 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5808 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5811 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5812 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5813 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5816 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5817 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5818 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5820 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5821 /* The ICCCM says this is
5822 the only valid choice. */
5824 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5825 /* This is needed to detect the error
5826 if there is an error. */
5828 x_uncatch_errors ();
5830 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5835 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5837 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5838 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5839 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5840 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5841 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5842 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5843 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5844 session manager and one for this. */
5846 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5849 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5850 event
->xclient
.window
);
5851 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5852 for a single Emacs process. */
5853 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5854 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5855 event
->xclient
.window
,
5856 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5858 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5859 event
->xclient
.window
,
5865 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5869 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5871 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5872 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5879 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5882 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5885 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5887 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5888 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5892 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5899 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5903 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5904 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5907 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5909 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5910 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5912 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5913 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5914 currently never do because we are interested in
5915 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5916 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5917 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5920 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5921 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5925 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5926 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5927 we construct an input_event. */
5928 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5930 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5931 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5934 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5936 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5937 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5939 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5940 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5941 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5943 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5947 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5952 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5953 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5957 case SelectionNotify
:
5958 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5960 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5962 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5963 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5966 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5967 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5968 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5969 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5971 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5973 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5975 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5977 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5978 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5982 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5983 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5984 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5985 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5987 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5989 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5991 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5992 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5993 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5994 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5995 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5996 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5997 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6001 case PropertyNotify
:
6002 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6003 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6004 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6005 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6006 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6007 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6009 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6010 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6011 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6012 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6013 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6014 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6015 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6016 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6017 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6020 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6021 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6024 case ReparentNotify
:
6025 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6028 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6029 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6031 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6032 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6033 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6035 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6040 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6043 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6045 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6046 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6047 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6048 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6053 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6054 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6055 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6056 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6057 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6058 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6060 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6061 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6066 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6067 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6069 #if defined USE_LUCID
6070 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6071 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6072 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6074 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6076 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6078 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6080 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6081 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6083 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6084 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6085 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6088 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6089 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6092 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6093 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6097 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6098 source area was obscured or not
6100 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6102 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6103 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6104 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6105 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6106 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6109 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6112 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6113 source area was completely
6118 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6119 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6122 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6125 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6126 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6127 the frame was deleted. */
6129 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6130 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6131 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6132 display that won't ever be seen. */
6133 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6134 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6135 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6136 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6137 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6138 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6139 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6140 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6142 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6143 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6144 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6150 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6151 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6152 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6155 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6156 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6157 frame is visible. */
6158 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6161 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6163 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6164 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6165 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6166 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6168 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6169 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6170 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6174 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6175 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6177 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6178 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6179 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6180 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6183 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6190 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6191 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6193 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6194 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6195 if (popup_activated ())
6201 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6202 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6203 mouse highlighting. */
6204 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6206 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6208 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6209 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6213 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6216 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6217 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6218 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6219 event
->xkey
.window
);
6220 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6222 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6223 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6226 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6230 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6231 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6232 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6235 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6236 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6237 status_return even if the input is too long to
6238 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6239 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6240 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6241 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6242 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6243 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6244 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6246 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6248 /* Event will be modified. */
6249 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6252 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6253 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6254 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6256 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6259 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6260 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6261 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6263 /* This will have to go some day... */
6265 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6266 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6267 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6268 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6269 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6270 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6271 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6273 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6274 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6275 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6276 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6277 not it is combined with Meta. */
6278 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6279 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6284 Status status_return
;
6286 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6287 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6288 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6289 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6291 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6293 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6294 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6295 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6296 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6297 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6300 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6301 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6303 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6308 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6309 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6313 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6314 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6317 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6318 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6322 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6323 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6324 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6327 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6328 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6330 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6331 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6333 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6334 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6336 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6337 translations to characters. */
6338 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6339 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6341 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6342 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6346 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6347 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6349 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6350 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6352 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6353 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6357 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6358 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6359 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6364 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6365 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6366 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6367 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6371 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6372 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6373 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6374 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6375 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6376 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6378 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6379 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6381 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6382 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6383 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6384 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6385 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6387 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6388 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6390 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6391 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6393 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6394 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6396 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6397 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6399 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6400 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6402 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6403 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6405 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6406 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6408 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6409 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6411 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6412 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6414 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6415 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6417 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6418 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6420 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6421 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6423 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6424 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6426 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6427 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6428 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6429 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6430 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6431 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6432 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6433 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6434 don't have real modifiers but
6435 should be treated similarly to
6436 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6437 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6438 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6439 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6443 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6444 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6446 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6447 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6451 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6455 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6457 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6459 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6462 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6464 /* Decode the input data. */
6466 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6467 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6468 we used just above and the locale. */
6469 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6470 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6471 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6472 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6473 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6474 gives us composition information. */
6475 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6477 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6479 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6480 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6481 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6482 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6483 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6484 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6487 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6488 character events. */
6489 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6492 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6493 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6495 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6496 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6497 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6498 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6500 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6505 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6507 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6510 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6511 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6515 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6516 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6524 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6526 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6527 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6535 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6536 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6540 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6541 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6543 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6544 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6545 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6546 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6548 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6549 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6550 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6551 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6556 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6560 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6561 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6563 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6566 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6568 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6569 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6570 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6571 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6574 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6575 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6576 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6577 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6578 if (any_help_event_p
)
6582 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6583 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6584 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6589 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6594 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6595 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6596 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6598 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6599 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6601 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6603 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6604 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6608 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6614 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6615 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6616 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6618 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6619 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6620 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6622 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6623 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6624 will be selected only when it is active. */
6625 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6626 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6627 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6628 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6629 create event iff we don't leave the
6631 && (focus_follows_mouse
6632 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6633 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6635 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6636 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6638 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6639 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6641 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6642 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6646 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6647 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6648 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6649 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6652 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6653 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6655 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6656 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6657 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6660 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6661 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6662 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6663 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6668 case ConfigureNotify
:
6669 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6673 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6675 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6676 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6682 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6684 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6685 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6687 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6688 is called by the code that handles resizing
6689 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6691 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6692 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6693 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6694 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6695 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6696 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6697 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6699 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6700 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6701 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6702 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6705 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6706 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6707 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6711 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6712 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6713 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6714 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6716 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6719 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6720 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6729 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6730 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6731 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6733 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6734 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6735 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6737 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6738 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6741 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6746 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6747 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6748 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6749 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6752 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6753 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6755 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6756 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6758 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6759 handle_tool_bar_click
6760 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6761 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6763 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6766 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6767 if (! popup_activated ())
6770 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6772 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6773 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6775 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6776 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6778 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6779 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6782 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6784 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6785 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6786 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6790 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6791 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6792 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6795 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6797 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6799 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6800 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6802 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6804 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6805 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6808 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6810 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6811 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6814 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6817 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6819 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6820 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6821 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6825 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6826 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6827 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6828 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6829 Instead, save it away
6830 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6831 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6832 if (! popup_activated ()
6834 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6835 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6837 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6838 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6839 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6840 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6841 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6842 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6843 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6844 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6846 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6847 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6848 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6849 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6850 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6851 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6855 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6859 case CirculateNotify
:
6862 case CirculateRequest
:
6865 case VisibilityNotify
:
6869 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6871 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6873 case MappingModifier
:
6874 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6875 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6876 case MappingKeyboard
:
6877 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6882 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6887 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6889 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6890 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6892 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6897 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6899 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6904 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6909 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6915 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6916 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6917 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6921 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6922 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6931 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6932 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6933 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6935 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6937 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6940 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6942 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6945 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6950 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6951 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6953 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6954 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6955 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6959 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6962 int event_found
= 0;
6963 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6967 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6968 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6970 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6971 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6975 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6980 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6983 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6984 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6989 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6991 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6997 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6998 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6999 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7000 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7002 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7003 from all displays. */
7005 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7007 current_count
= count
;
7008 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7010 gtk_main_iteration ();
7012 count
= current_count
;
7014 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7016 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7019 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7021 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7022 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7025 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7026 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7027 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7029 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7033 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7034 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7036 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7038 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7039 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7043 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7044 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7045 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7047 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7048 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7059 /***********************************************************************
7061 ***********************************************************************/
7063 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7064 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7066 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7067 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7068 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7071 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7072 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7075 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7076 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7078 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7080 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7081 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7082 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7083 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7084 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7086 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7090 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7093 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7095 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7096 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7097 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7100 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7103 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7104 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7105 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7106 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7109 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7110 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7111 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7113 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7114 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7115 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7116 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7117 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7119 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7120 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7121 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7123 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7124 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7125 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7126 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7130 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7132 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7133 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7134 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7138 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7140 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7141 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7143 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7144 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7146 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7147 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7150 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7151 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7152 the bar might not be in the window. */
7153 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7155 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7156 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7157 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7161 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7162 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7163 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7164 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7165 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7168 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7169 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7170 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7171 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7172 that the glyph is legible. */
7173 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7174 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7176 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7177 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7180 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7183 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7184 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7187 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7189 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7191 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7194 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7195 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7197 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7199 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7200 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7201 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7202 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7204 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7205 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7206 width
, row
->height
);
7210 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7213 width
= row
->height
;
7215 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7217 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7218 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7220 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7221 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7222 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7223 row
->height
- width
),
7224 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7227 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7232 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7235 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7237 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7238 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7239 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7240 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7244 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7247 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7249 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7251 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7252 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7253 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7258 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7261 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7262 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7263 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7265 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7269 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7270 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7272 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7273 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7274 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7275 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7277 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7278 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7282 switch (cursor_type
)
7284 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7285 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7288 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7289 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7293 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7297 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7301 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7310 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7311 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7312 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7316 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7322 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7325 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7327 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7329 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7332 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7333 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7334 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7335 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7340 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7341 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7342 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7344 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7345 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7346 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7350 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7351 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7357 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
== -2
7358 || xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7359 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7361 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
7365 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7367 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7369 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7373 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7376 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7377 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7381 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7382 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7386 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7387 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7388 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7389 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7390 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7392 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7395 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7396 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7402 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7403 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7406 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7408 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7413 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7414 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7416 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7417 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7420 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7421 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7422 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7423 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7428 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7430 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7431 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7433 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7434 be called from a signal handler.
7437 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7438 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7440 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7442 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7444 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7445 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7446 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7449 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7451 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7452 x_error_message
->string
,
7453 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7456 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7457 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7460 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7461 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7462 stored in *x_error_message.
7464 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7465 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7467 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7470 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7472 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7474 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7478 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7479 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7480 x_error_message
= data
;
7483 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7484 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7487 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7489 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7493 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7494 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7495 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7496 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7498 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7499 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7504 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7505 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7506 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7509 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7511 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7514 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7516 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7517 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7518 x_uncatch_errors ();
7519 error (format
, string
);
7523 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7524 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7527 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7529 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7532 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7535 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7538 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7540 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7543 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7544 * idea. --lorentey */
7545 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7548 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7550 while (x_error_message
)
7551 x_uncatch_errors ();
7556 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7559 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7564 /************************************************************************
7566 ************************************************************************/
7568 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7570 static char *error_msg
;
7572 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7573 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7576 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7578 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7579 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7580 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7582 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7583 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7585 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7586 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7590 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7592 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7593 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7596 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7597 that are on the dead display. */
7598 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7600 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7602 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7603 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7604 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7605 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7606 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7607 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7610 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7611 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7612 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7613 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7614 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7615 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7617 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7618 trying to find a replacement. */
7619 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7620 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7623 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7624 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7627 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7628 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7629 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7631 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7632 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7633 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7634 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7635 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7636 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7637 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7638 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7639 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7642 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7644 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7645 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7647 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7648 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7649 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7650 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7655 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7656 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7660 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7662 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7663 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7667 totally_unblock_input ();
7669 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7670 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7672 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7673 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7675 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7676 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7677 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7678 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7681 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7682 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7683 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7685 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7686 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7689 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7691 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7692 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7693 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7699 if (x_error_message
)
7700 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7702 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7706 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7707 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7708 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7710 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7712 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7713 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7715 static void NO_INLINE
7716 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7718 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7720 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7721 or colors that are not defined. */
7723 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7726 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7727 original error handler. */
7729 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7730 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7731 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7732 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7736 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7737 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7738 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7741 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7745 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7746 DisplayString (display
));
7747 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7751 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7753 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7754 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7755 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7759 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7761 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7765 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7766 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7767 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7768 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7772 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7773 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7774 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7775 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7777 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7778 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7780 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7782 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
7784 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
7786 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7787 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7788 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7789 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7791 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7793 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7795 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7796 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7797 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7798 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7799 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7800 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7805 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7808 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7817 /***********************************************************************
7819 ***********************************************************************/
7825 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7826 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7827 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7830 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7832 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7833 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7837 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7838 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7840 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7841 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7843 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7844 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7848 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7849 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7850 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7854 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7857 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7858 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7861 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7862 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7865 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7873 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7874 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7881 XIMCallback destroy
;
7884 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7885 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7888 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7889 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7890 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7896 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7897 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7901 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7903 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7904 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7905 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7906 when the callback was registered. */
7909 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7911 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7912 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7914 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7918 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7920 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7921 as they have no XIC. */
7922 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7924 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7927 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7929 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7932 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7933 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7935 create_frame_xic (f
);
7936 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7937 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7938 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7940 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7941 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7950 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7953 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7954 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7955 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7956 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7959 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7961 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7965 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7966 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7969 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7970 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7971 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7972 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
7973 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7974 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7975 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
7976 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
7977 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7978 eassert (ret
== True
);
7979 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7980 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7981 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7983 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7987 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7990 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7995 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7996 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
7998 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8000 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
8001 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8002 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8003 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8004 eassert (ret
== True
);
8006 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8008 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8009 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8010 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8011 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8012 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8014 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8017 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8021 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8022 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8025 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8027 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8029 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8030 is already for the top-left corner. */
8031 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8034 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8035 position that fits on the screen. */
8036 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8037 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8038 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8041 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8043 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8044 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8045 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8047 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8048 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8049 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8050 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8053 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8054 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8056 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8059 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8060 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8061 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8064 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8065 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8066 so the flags should correspond. */
8067 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8070 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8071 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8072 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8073 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8074 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8077 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8079 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8081 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8085 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8087 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8089 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8090 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8092 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8095 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8097 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8098 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8100 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8102 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8103 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8104 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8105 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8106 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8109 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8110 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8112 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8113 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8116 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8117 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8118 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8119 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8122 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8123 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8124 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8126 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8127 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8128 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8129 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8130 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8131 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8136 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8137 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8138 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8139 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8140 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8143 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8146 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8147 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8148 Window wmcheck_window
;
8149 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8150 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8151 long max_len
= 65536;
8152 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8153 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8154 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8158 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8159 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8160 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8161 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8162 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8163 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8165 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8167 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8168 x_uncatch_errors ();
8173 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8176 /* Check if window exists. */
8177 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8179 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8181 x_uncatch_errors ();
8186 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8188 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8189 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8190 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8191 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8192 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8193 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8195 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8197 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8198 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8199 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8200 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8201 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8203 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8205 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8206 x_uncatch_errors ();
8211 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8212 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8213 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8218 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8219 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8221 x_uncatch_errors ();
8228 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8232 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8233 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8235 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8237 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8239 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8241 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8246 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8249 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8251 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8253 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8254 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8257 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8258 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8259 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8261 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8264 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8270 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8271 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8272 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8273 long max_len
= 65536;
8274 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8275 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8276 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8279 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8282 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8283 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8284 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8285 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8286 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8288 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8290 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8291 x_uncatch_errors ();
8293 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8296 x_uncatch_errors ();
8298 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8300 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8301 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8304 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8306 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8308 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8309 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8311 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8313 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8315 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8316 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8318 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8320 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8321 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8322 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8326 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8331 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8334 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8336 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8337 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8340 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8342 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8343 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8345 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8347 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8351 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8353 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8354 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8355 are sent at once. */
8356 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8358 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8359 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8360 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8361 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8362 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8363 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8365 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8366 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8367 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8368 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8370 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8371 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8373 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8374 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8375 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8376 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8378 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8379 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8381 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8382 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8383 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8384 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8385 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8387 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8388 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8389 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8391 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8395 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8399 return have_net_atom
;
8403 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8405 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8408 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8416 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8418 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8421 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8426 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8429 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8432 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8435 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8440 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8441 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8446 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8447 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8449 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8451 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8455 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8457 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8458 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8459 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8461 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8463 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8464 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8466 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8468 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8469 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8470 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8471 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8472 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8474 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8475 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8477 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8478 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8481 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8486 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8487 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8488 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8489 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8490 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8491 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8492 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8495 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8497 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8499 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8500 window manager window around the frame. */
8502 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8504 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8506 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8511 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8512 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8513 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8515 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8517 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8518 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8520 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8521 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8523 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8526 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8527 frame's position. */
8529 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8533 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8534 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8535 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8536 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8537 of an exact comparison. */
8540 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8544 while (count
++ < 50)
8546 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8548 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8549 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8552 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8553 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8557 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8560 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8561 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8564 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8568 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8569 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8571 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8575 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8577 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8579 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8582 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8583 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8585 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8587 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8588 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8589 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8590 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8592 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8594 pending_signals
= 1;
8595 totally_unblock_input ();
8596 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8598 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8603 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8604 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8607 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8608 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8609 break; /* Timeout */
8612 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8616 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8617 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8618 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8619 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8622 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8624 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8626 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8628 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8630 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8631 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8632 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8633 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8634 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8635 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8636 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8637 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8638 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8639 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8640 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8641 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8642 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8645 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8646 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8647 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8648 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8649 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8651 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8652 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8653 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8654 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8656 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8657 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8658 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8659 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8660 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8662 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8665 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8666 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8667 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8668 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8669 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8672 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8678 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8679 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8680 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8681 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8684 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8688 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8690 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8692 int text_width
, text_height
;
8694 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8695 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8696 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8697 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8698 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8699 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8700 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8701 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8702 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8703 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8705 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8707 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8708 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8710 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8714 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8716 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8717 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8719 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8721 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8722 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8724 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8725 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8726 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8729 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8731 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8732 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8734 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8735 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8736 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8737 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8738 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8743 /* Mouse warping. */
8746 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8750 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8751 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8753 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8754 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8756 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8757 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8761 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8762 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8766 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8769 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8773 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8774 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8778 /* Raise frame F. */
8781 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8784 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8785 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8786 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8790 /* Lower frame F. */
8793 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8795 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8798 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8799 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8804 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8807 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8809 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8810 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8811 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8812 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8813 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8816 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8819 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8821 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8822 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8824 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8826 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8829 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8830 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8831 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8833 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8838 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8846 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8848 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8850 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8852 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8855 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8857 unsigned long data
[2];
8858 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8860 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8863 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8864 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8865 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8867 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8870 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8871 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8875 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8876 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8877 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8878 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8879 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8880 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8881 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8882 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8883 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8885 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8886 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8887 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8890 /* Change of visibility. */
8892 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8893 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8894 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8895 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8896 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8897 finishes with it. */
8900 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8902 int original_top
, original_left
;
8906 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8908 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8910 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8911 call x_set_offset a second time
8912 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8913 before the window gets really visible. */
8914 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8915 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8916 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8917 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8919 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8921 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8922 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8923 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8924 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8925 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8928 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8929 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8931 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8933 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8934 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8936 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8937 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8939 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8940 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8941 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8944 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8946 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8947 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8948 so that incoming events are handled. */
8951 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8952 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8953 will set it when they are handled. */
8954 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8956 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8957 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8959 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8962 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8964 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8965 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8966 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8967 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8969 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8970 because the window manager may choose the position
8971 and we don't want to override it. */
8973 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8974 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8975 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8976 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8977 && previously_visible
)
8981 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8985 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8986 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8987 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8988 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8989 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8990 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8991 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8992 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8993 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8995 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8996 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8997 original_left
, original_top
);
9002 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9004 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
9005 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9007 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9010 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
9011 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
9013 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9014 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9015 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9016 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9017 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9019 if (input_polling_used ())
9021 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9022 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9023 handler reset it. */
9024 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9025 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9026 poll_for_input_1 ();
9027 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9030 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9033 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9034 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9040 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9042 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9045 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9049 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9050 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9052 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9053 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9054 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9058 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9059 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9060 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9061 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9062 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9063 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9066 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9067 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9070 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9071 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9076 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9077 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9080 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9084 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9085 just by the event that we get from the server.
9086 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9087 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9088 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9089 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9090 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9097 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9100 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9102 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9106 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9107 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9108 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9110 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9115 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9117 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9118 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9120 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9121 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9123 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9124 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9125 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9131 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9133 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9135 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9136 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9137 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9138 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9139 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9140 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9141 so we have to record it here. */
9142 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9143 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9148 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9149 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9150 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9154 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9156 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9157 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9160 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9162 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9164 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9165 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9166 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9167 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9168 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9169 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9171 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9172 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9174 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9175 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9179 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9180 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9181 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9182 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9183 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9185 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9186 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9188 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9192 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9196 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9198 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9200 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9202 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9203 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9206 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9207 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9209 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9211 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9215 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9218 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9220 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9221 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9222 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9224 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9229 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9230 commands to the X server. */
9231 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9233 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9234 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9236 free_frame_faces (f
);
9238 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9239 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9241 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9242 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9243 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9244 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9245 toolkit scroll bars. */
9246 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9248 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9249 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9258 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9259 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9261 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9262 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9264 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9265 we are using a toolkit. */
9266 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9267 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9269 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9270 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9273 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9274 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9276 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9277 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9278 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9280 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9281 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9282 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9283 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9284 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9287 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9288 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9289 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9290 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9291 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9292 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9293 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9294 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9295 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9296 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9297 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9298 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9299 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9300 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9301 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9305 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9306 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9308 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9309 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9311 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9313 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9314 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9318 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
9319 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
9320 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
9321 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
9322 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
9323 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
9324 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
9325 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
9326 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
9327 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
9328 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9329 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
9330 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9331 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
9333 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9336 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9337 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9338 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9340 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9341 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9342 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9343 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9344 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9345 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9346 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9347 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9353 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9356 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9358 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9360 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9361 commands to the X server. */
9362 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9363 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9365 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9369 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9371 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9372 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9373 that the window now has.
9374 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9375 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9376 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9380 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9382 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9383 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9386 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9388 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9393 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9394 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9396 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9397 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9399 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9400 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9402 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9403 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9405 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9406 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9407 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9408 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9410 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9412 int base_width
, base_height
;
9413 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9415 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9416 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9418 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9420 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9421 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9422 frame size very small. */
9424 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9425 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9428 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9429 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9430 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9431 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9432 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9434 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9435 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9436 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9438 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9439 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9440 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9441 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9442 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9445 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9448 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9453 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9454 long supplied_return
;
9457 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9461 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9466 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9467 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9468 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9469 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9470 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9471 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9472 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9473 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9480 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9481 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9485 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9486 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9488 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9490 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9492 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9494 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9497 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9499 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9502 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9503 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9504 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9505 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9507 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9508 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9510 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9511 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9515 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9517 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9519 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9520 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9525 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9526 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9527 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9528 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9532 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9540 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9544 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9548 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9549 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9550 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9551 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9554 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9556 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9557 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9559 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9563 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9565 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9567 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9568 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9569 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9571 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9575 /***********************************************************************
9577 ***********************************************************************/
9581 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9585 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9587 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9588 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9589 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9592 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9595 /***********************************************************************
9597 ***********************************************************************/
9599 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9600 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9601 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9602 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9604 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9605 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9606 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9608 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9609 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9610 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9611 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9612 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9613 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9614 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9617 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9619 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9621 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9623 static int x_initialized
;
9625 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9626 the screen number from the server number. */
9628 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9631 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9632 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9633 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9635 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9636 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9637 length_until_period
++;
9639 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9640 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9642 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9644 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9645 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9646 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9647 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9648 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9649 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9650 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9651 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9652 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9653 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9654 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9655 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9656 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9657 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9659 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9663 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9667 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9668 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9671 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9672 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9675 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9696 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9697 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9700 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9702 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9703 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9708 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9709 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9711 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9712 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9716 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
9717 connection established. */
9718 static unsigned x_display_id
;
9720 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9721 the structure that describes the open display.
9722 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9724 struct x_display_info
*
9725 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9729 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9730 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9742 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9743 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9749 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9750 char **argv2
= argv
;
9753 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9755 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9759 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9760 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9762 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9766 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9768 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9770 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9771 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9774 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9775 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9777 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9779 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9780 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9781 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9783 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9784 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9785 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9786 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9788 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9789 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9790 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9792 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9794 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9797 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9801 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9803 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9804 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9806 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9807 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9809 s
= build_string (file
);
9810 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9812 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9813 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9817 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9818 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9821 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9822 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9823 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9825 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9826 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9827 So let's not use it until R6. */
9829 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9840 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9841 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9843 turn_on_atimers (0);
9844 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9845 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9846 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9848 turn_on_atimers (1);
9851 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9856 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9857 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9858 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9859 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9860 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9862 /* Detect failure. */
9869 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9871 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9872 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9875 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9877 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9878 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9879 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9882 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9885 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9887 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9889 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9891 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9892 list of terminals. */
9893 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9894 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9895 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9896 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9898 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9899 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9901 kset_system_key_alist
9903 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9904 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9906 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9907 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9911 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9912 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9913 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9914 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9915 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9917 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9920 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9921 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9922 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
9924 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
9925 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
9927 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
9928 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
9931 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
9934 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
9935 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
9936 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
9937 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
9938 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
9939 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
9940 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
9941 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
9943 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
9944 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
9946 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
9948 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
9949 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
9950 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9952 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
9953 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
9955 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
9956 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
9957 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
9958 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
9960 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
9962 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
9964 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
9966 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
9967 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
9968 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
9969 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9970 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9971 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
9972 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
9974 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
9976 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
9977 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
9979 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
9980 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
9981 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
9982 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
9983 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
9984 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
9987 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
9988 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
9990 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
9993 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
9994 build_string ("privateColormap"),
9995 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
9998 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
9999 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10000 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10004 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10005 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10009 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10010 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10011 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10012 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10013 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10015 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10017 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10018 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10022 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10024 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10025 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10026 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10027 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10028 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10029 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10030 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10031 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10032 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10036 static const struct
10041 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10042 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10043 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10044 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10045 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10046 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10047 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10048 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10049 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10050 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10051 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10052 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10053 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10054 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10055 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10056 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10057 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10058 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10059 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10060 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10061 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10062 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10063 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10064 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10065 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10066 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10067 /* For properties of font. */
10068 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10069 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10070 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10071 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10072 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10073 /* Ghostscript support. */
10074 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10075 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10076 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10077 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10079 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10080 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10081 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10082 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10083 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10084 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10085 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10086 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10087 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10088 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10089 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10090 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10091 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10092 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10093 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10094 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10095 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10096 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10097 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10098 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10099 /* Session management */
10100 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10101 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10102 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10106 const int atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
);
10107 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10108 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10109 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10110 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10111 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10112 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10113 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10115 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10116 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10118 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10119 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10120 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10121 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10123 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10124 False
, atoms_return
);
10126 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10127 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10129 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10130 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10132 xfree (atom_names
);
10133 xfree (atoms_return
);
10136 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10137 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10138 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10140 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10141 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10145 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10148 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10150 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10152 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10153 if (connection
!= 0)
10154 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10157 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10158 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10160 if (interrupt_input
)
10161 init_sigio (connection
);
10165 XFontStruct
*xfont
= NULL
;
10166 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10169 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10170 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10171 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10172 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10173 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10174 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10175 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10176 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10177 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10179 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !((xfont
= XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))))
10180 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10182 XFreeFont (dpy
, xfont
);
10183 x_uncatch_errors ();
10187 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10188 for debugging X code. */
10191 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10192 build_string ("synchronous"),
10193 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10195 if (STRINGP (value
)
10196 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10197 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10198 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10203 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10204 build_string ("useXIM"),
10205 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10208 if (STRINGP (value
)
10209 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10210 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10213 if (STRINGP (value
)
10214 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10215 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10221 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10222 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10224 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10225 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10233 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10234 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10237 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10239 struct terminal
*t
;
10241 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10243 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10244 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10247 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10248 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10249 x_session_close ();
10251 delete_terminal (t
);
10255 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10256 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10258 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10259 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10262 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10264 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10265 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10266 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10269 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10270 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10271 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10275 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10277 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10278 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10279 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10280 that slows us down. */
10283 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10286 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10287 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10289 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10290 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10291 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10292 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10297 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10298 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10299 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10300 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10301 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10302 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10303 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10306 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10309 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10311 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10312 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10313 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10318 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10321 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10323 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10325 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10329 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10331 x_after_update_window_line
,
10332 x_update_window_begin
,
10333 x_update_window_end
,
10335 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10336 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10337 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10338 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10339 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10340 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10341 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10342 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10343 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10344 x_clear_frame_area
,
10345 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10346 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10347 x_draw_window_divider
,
10348 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10352 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10354 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10356 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10357 int connection
= -1;
10359 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10360 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10361 if (!terminal
->name
)
10366 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10369 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10372 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10373 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10374 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10376 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10378 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10379 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10381 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10382 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10383 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10384 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10386 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10387 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10388 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10389 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10390 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10391 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10392 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10393 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10394 leaks in other situations. */
10396 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10397 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10399 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10401 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10402 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10403 closing all the displays. */
10404 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10408 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10411 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10413 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10415 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10418 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10419 if (connection
!= -1)
10420 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10422 /* Mark as dead. */
10423 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10424 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10428 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10429 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10431 static struct terminal
*
10432 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10434 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10436 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10438 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10439 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10440 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10442 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10444 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10445 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10446 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10447 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10448 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10449 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10450 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10451 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10452 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10453 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= NULL
;
10454 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10455 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10456 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10457 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10458 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10459 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10460 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10461 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10462 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10463 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10465 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10466 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10468 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10474 x_initialize (void)
10479 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10480 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10481 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10484 current_count
= -1;
10487 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10488 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10490 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10491 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10493 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10495 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10496 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10497 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10498 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10499 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10500 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10501 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10503 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10506 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10508 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10509 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10513 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10514 original error handler. */
10515 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10516 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10521 syms_of_xterm (void)
10523 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10525 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10526 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10529 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10530 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10532 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10535 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10536 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10537 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10538 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10539 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10540 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10541 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10543 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10545 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10546 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10547 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10548 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10549 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10550 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10551 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10553 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10554 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10555 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10556 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10557 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10558 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10559 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10560 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10561 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10563 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10564 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10565 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10566 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10567 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10568 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10569 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10571 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10572 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10573 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10575 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10577 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10580 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10583 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10584 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10585 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10586 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10587 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10588 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10589 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10590 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10591 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10593 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10594 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10595 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10596 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10597 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10598 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10600 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10601 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10602 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10603 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10604 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10605 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10607 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10608 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10609 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10610 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10611 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10612 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10614 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10615 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10616 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10617 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10618 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10619 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10621 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10622 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10623 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10624 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10625 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),